HanesBrands, Inc.
 

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): December 14, 2006
Hanesbrands Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Maryland   001-32891   20-3552316
(State or other jurisdiction   (Commission File Number)   (IRS Employer
of incorporation)       Identification No.)
     
1000 East Hanes Mill Road    
Winston-Salem, NC   27105
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (336) 519-4400
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
o      Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
o      Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
o      Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
o      Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
Item 1.01.
  Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement
Item 2.03.
  Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
Item 9.01.
  Financial Statements and Exhibits

 


 

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement
     As previously disclosed, on December 11, 2006, Hanesbrands Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Hanesbrands”), along with the subsidiary guarantors named therein (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), entered into a Placement Agreement (the “Placement Agreement”) with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”) and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), as representatives of the initial purchasers named in the Placement Agreement (the “Initial Purchasers”), to issue and sell, and the Initial Purchasers agreed to purchase, $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) in a private placement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) which was structured to permit resales under Rule 144A under the Securities Act. On December 14, 2006, in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Placement Agreement, Hanesbrands (i) issued and sold the Notes to the Initial Purchasers, (ii) entered into an Indenture (the “Indenture”) among Hanesbrands, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), governing the Notes, and (iii) entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among Hanesbrands, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, ABN AMRO Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. with respect to the Notes.
     The Indenture is described under Item 2.03 below, which is incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Indenture is attached as Exhibit 4.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is hereby incorporated by reference herein. The description of the material terms of the Indenture is qualified in its entirety by reference to Exhibit 4.1.
     Under the Registration Rights Agreement, Hanesbrands and the Subsidiary Guarantors agreed for the benefit of the holders of the Notes that they will use their commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and cause to become effective a registration statement with respect to a registered offer to exchange the Notes for an issue of senior unsecured notes of Hanesbrands (the “Exchange Notes”), guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors, with terms identical to the Notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not bear legends restricting transfer). If an exchange offer cannot be effected and under certain other circumstances, Hanesbrands and the Guarantors have agreed to file and keep effective a shelf registration statement for the resale of the Notes.
     If the exchange offer for the Notes is not completed (or a shelf registration is not declared effective) within nine months, or if Hanesbrands fails to comply with certain of its other obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, Hanesbrands will be required to pay additional interest to holders of such Notes.
     Merrill Lynch and an affiliate of Morgan Stanley are co-syndication agents and the joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners pursuant to Hanesbrands’ First Lien Credit Agreement dated September 5, 2006 and Hanesbrands’ Second Lien Credit Agreement dated September 5, 2006 and were co-syndication agents and the joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners pursuant to Hanesbrands’ Bridge Loan Agreement dated September 5, 2006 (the “Bridge Loan Agreement”). The proceeds from the sale of the Notes were used, together with Hanesbrands’ working capital, to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the Bridge Loan Agreement.
     A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is hereby incorporated by reference herein. The description of the material terms of the Registration Rights Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to Exhibit 4.2.
Item 2.03. Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
     The Notes issued by Hanesbrands on December 14, 2006 pursuant to the Placement Agreement described in Item 1.01 above are senior unsecured obligations of Hanesbrands and rank equal in right of payment with all of Hanesbrands’ existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The Notes bear interest at an annual rate, reset

 


 

semi-annually, equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 3.375%. Interest is payable on the Notes on June 15 and December 15 of each year beginning on June 15, 2007. The Notes will mature on December 15, 2014.
     Hanesbrands may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time on or after December 15, 2008 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Notes plus a premium of 102% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2008, 101% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2009 and 100% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2010, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date. At any time on or prior to December 15, 2008, Hanesbrands may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of certain types of capital stock at a redemption price equal to the product of (x) the sum of (1) 100% and (2) a percentage equal to the per annum rate of interest on the Notes then applicable on the date on which the notice of redemption is given and (y) the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding after each such redemption. At any time prior to December 15, 2008, Hanesbrands may also redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus a specified premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date.
     The terms of the Indenture, among other things, limit the ability of Hanesbrands and certain of its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional debt or issue preferred stock, (ii) pay dividends, or make certain other restricted payments or investments, (iii) incur liens, (iv) sell assets, (v) incur restrictions on the ability of the Hanesbrands’ subsidiaries to pay dividends to Hanesbrands, (vi) enter into affiliate transactions, (vii) engage in sale and leaseback transactions, and (viii) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Hanesbrands’ assets. These covenants are subject to significant exceptions and qualifications. For example, if the Notes are assigned an investment grade rating by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and no default or event of default has occurred or is continuing, certain covenants will be suspended.
     The Indenture provides for customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among others: nonpayment of principal or interest, breach of covenants or other agreements in the Indenture, defaults in failure to pay certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all of Notes to be due and payable. In addition, in the event of a change in control, Hanesbrands will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
4.1
  Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2006, among Hanesbrands Inc., certain subsidiaries of Hanesbrands Inc., and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Trustee.
 
   
4.2
  Registration Rights Agreement with respect to Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014, dated as of December 14, 2006, among Hanesbrands Inc., certain subsidiaries of Hanesbrands Inc., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, ABN AMRO Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

2


 

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
         
December 20, 2006
  HANESBRANDS INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Catherine A. Meeker
 
       
 
      Catherine A. Meeker
Associate General Counsel
and Secretary

3

EX-4.1
 

EXECUTION VERSION
 
 
HANESBRANDS INC.
AND EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO
FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 14, 2006
 
 
Branch Banking and Trust Company
Trustee
 
 
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
     
Trust Indenture    
Act Section   Indenture Section
310(a)(1)
  7.10
  (a)(2)
  7.10
  (a)(3)
  N.A.
  (a)(4)
  N.A.
  (a)(5)
  7.10
  (b)
  7.10
  (c)
  N.A.
311(a)
  7.11
  (b)
  7.11
  (c)
  N.A.
312(a)
  2.05
  (b)
  13.03
  (c)
  13.03
313(a)
  7.06
  (b)(2)
  7.06; 7.07
  (c)
  7.06; 13.02
  (d)
  7.06
314(a)
  4.03; 13.02; 13.05
  (c)(1)
  13.04
  (c)(2)
  13.04
  (c)(3)
  N.A.
  (e)
  13.05
  (f)
  N.A.
315(a)
  7.01
  (b)
  7.05, 13.02
  (c)
  7.01
  (d)
  7.01
  (e)
  6.11
316(a) (last sentence)
  2.09
  (a)(1)(A)
  6.05
  (a)(1)(B)
  6.04
  (a)(2)
  N.A.
  (b)
  6.07
  (c)
  2.12
317(a)(1)
  6.08
  (a)(2)
  6.09
  (b)
  2.04
318(a)
  N.A.
  (b)
  N.A.
  (c)
  13.01
 
    N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
             
          Page
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE     1  
Section 1.01  
Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02  
Other Definitions
    31  
Section 1.03  
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    32  
Section 1.04  
Rules of Construction
    32  
ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES     32  
Section 2.01  
Form and Dating
    32  
Section 2.02  
Execution and Authentication
    34  
Section 2.03  
Registrar and Paying Agent
    34  
Section 2.04  
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    34  
Section 2.05  
Holder Lists
    35  
Section 2.06  
Transfer and Exchange
    35  
Section 2.07  
Replacement Notes
    48  
Section 2.08  
Outstanding Notes
    48  
Section 2.09  
Treasury Notes
    48  
Section 2.10  
Temporary Notes
    48  
Section 2.11  
Cancellation
    49  
Section 2.12  
Defaulted Interest
    49  
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT     49  
Section 3.01  
Notices to Trustee
    49  
Section 3.02  
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
    50  
Section 3.03  
Notice of Redemption
    50  
Section 3.04  
Effect of Notice of Redemption
    51  
Section 3.05  
Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    51  
Section 3.06  
Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    51  
Section 3.07  
Optional Redemption
    51  
Section 3.08  
Mandatory Redemption
    52  
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS     52  
Section 4.01  
Payment of Notes
    52  
Section 4.02  
Maintenance of Office or Agency
    53  
Section 4.03  
SEC Reports and Reports to Holders
    53  
Section 4.04  
Compliance Certificate
    54  

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
             
          Page
Section 4.05  
Taxes
    54  
Section 4.06  
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    54  
Section 4.07  
Limitation on Restricted Payments
    55  
Section 4.08  
Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    58  
Section 4.09  
Limitation on Indebtedness
    60  
Section 4.10  
Limitation on Asset Sales
    63  
Section 4.11  
Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates
    64  
Section 4.12  
Limitation on Liens
    65  
Section 4.13  
Limitation on Business Activities
    66  
Section 4.14  
Corporate Existence
    66  
Section 4.15  
Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control
    67  
Section 4.16  
Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
    68  
Section 4.17  
Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    69  
Section 4.18  
Payments for Consent
    69  
Section 4.19  
Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries
    70  
Section 4.20  
Investments in HBI Playtex BATH LLC
    70  
Section 4.21  
Changes in Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade
    70  
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS     71  
Section 5.01  
Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
    71  
Section 5.02  
Successor Corporation Substituted
    72  
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES     73  
Section 6.01  
Events of Default
    73  
Section 6.02  
Acceleration
    74  
Section 6.03  
Other Remedies
    75  
Section 6.04  
Waiver of Past Defaults
    75  
Section 6.05  
Control by Majority
    75  
Section 6.06  
Limitation on Suits
    75  
Section 6.07  
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
    76  
Section 6.08  
Collection Suit by Trustee
    76  
Section 6.09  
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    76  

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
             
          Page
Section 6.10  
Priorities
    76  
Section 6.11  
Undertaking for Costs
    77  
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE     77  
Section 7.01  
Duties of Trustee
    77  
Section 7.02  
Rights of Trustee
    78  
Section 7.03  
Individual Rights of Trustee
    79  
Section 7.04  
Trustee’s Disclaimer
    79  
Section 7.05  
Notice of Defaults
    79  
Section 7.06  
Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
    80  
Section 7.07  
Compensation and Indemnity
    80  
Section 7.08  
Replacement of Trustee
    81  
Section 7.09  
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
    82  
Section 7.10  
Eligibility; Disqualification
    82  
Section 7.11  
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    82  
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE     82  
Section 8.01  
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    82  
Section 8.02  
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    82  
Section 8.03  
Covenant Defeasance
    83  
Section 8.04  
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    84  
Section 8.05  
Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    85  
Section 8.06  
Repayment to Company
    86  
Section 8.07  
Reinstatement
    86  
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER     86  
Section 9.01  
Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    86  
Section 9.02  
With Consent of Holders of Notes
    87  
Section 9.03  
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    89  
Section 9.04  
Revocation and Effect of Consents
    89  
Section 9.05  
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    89  
Section 9.06  
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
    90  
ARTICLE 10 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]     90  
ARTICLE 11 NOTE GUARANTEES     90  
Section 11.01  
Guarantee
    90  

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
             
Section 11.02  
Intentionally Omitted
    91  
Section 11.03  
Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability
    91  
Section 11.04  
Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
    92  
Section 11.05  
Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
    92  
Section 11.06  
Releases
    93  
ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE     94  
Section 12.01  
Satisfaction and Discharge
    94  
Section 12.02  
Application of Trust Money
    95  
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS     95  
Section 13.01  
Trust Indenture Act Controls
    95  
Section 13.02  
Notices
    95  
Section 13.03  
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    96  
Section 13.04  
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    96  
Section 13.05  
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    97  
Section 13.06  
Rules by Trustee and Agents
    98  
Section 13.07  
No Personal Liability of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers, Directors or Employees
    98  
Section 13.08  
Governing Law
    98  
Section 13.09  
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    98  
Section 13.10  
Successors
    98  
Section 13.11  
Severability
    98  
Section 13.12  
Counterpart Originals
    98  
Section 13.13  
Table of Contents, Headings, etc
    99  
Section 13.14  
Benefits of Indenture
    99  
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A       Form of Note
Exhibit B       Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit C       Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D       Form of Certificate From Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor
Exhibit E       Form of Note Guarantee
Exhibit F       Form of Supplemental Indenture

iv


 

     INDENTURE dated as of December 14, 2006 among Hanesbrands Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined below) and Branch Banking and Trust Company, a North Carolina state banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Upon execution and delivery by all parties hereto, this Indenture shall be effective as to all such parties.
     The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of (i) Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 issued on the date hereof (the “Notes”) and, if and when issued as required by the Registration Rights Agreement dated the date hereof, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein) (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and (ii) Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”) issued in an Exchange Offer (as defined below) in exchange for any Notes (as defined below) representing the same indebtedness, of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth, and to provide therefor the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
     Each Subsidiary Guarantor has duly authorized its Guarantee of the Notes, and if and when issued, the Exchange Notes and to provide therefor each Subsidiary Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
     All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, in accordance with their and its terms.
     All things necessary have been done to make the Guarantees, upon execution and delivery of this Indenture, the valid obligations of each of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of each of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor, in accordance with their and its terms.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders, as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
     SECTION 1.01 Definitions.
     “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

1


 

     “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition by such Restricted Subsidiary; provided such Indebtedness was not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition.
     “Additional Notes” means an unlimited principal amount of additional Notes (other than the Indebtedness evidenced by the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.
     “Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without duplication):
     (1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent that dividends or similar distributions have been paid by such Person to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) solely for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07, the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such Person are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is at the time prohibited by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary;
     (4) any gains or losses (on an after tax basis) attributable to asset dispositions;
     (5) all extraordinary gains or extraordinary losses;
     (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
     (7) any non-cash compensation expenses recorded from grants of stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other equity equivalents to Officers, directors and employees, whether under FASB 123R or otherwise;
     (8) any impairment charge or asset write off pursuant to FASB No. 142 and No. 144 or any successor pronouncement;
     (9) (a) net cash charges associated with or related to any contemplated restructurings in an aggregate amount not to exceed in any Fiscal Year, the Permitted Cash Restructuring Charge Amount for such Fiscal Year and (b) net cash restructuring

2


 

charges associated with or related to the Spin Off in an aggregate amount not to exceed, in any Fiscal Year, the Permitted Cash Spin-Off Charge Amount for such Fiscal Year;
     (10) all other non-cash charges, including all non-cash charges associated with announced restructurings, whether announced previously or in the future (such non-cash restructuring charges being “Non-Cash Restructuring Charges”); and
     (11) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued).
     “Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
     “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
  (1)   1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or
 
  (2)   the excess of:
     (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at December 15, 2008, (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through December 15, 2008, (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over
     (b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater.
     “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
     “Asset Acquisition” means (1) an investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) an acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of a division or line of business of such Person.

3


 

     “Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (1) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     “Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation or Sale Leaseback Transaction) in one transaction or a series of related transactions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of:
     (1) all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than sales of preferred stock that are permitted under Section 4.09);
     (2) all or substantially all of the property and assets of a division or line of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) any other property and assets (other than the Capital Stock or other Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and
in each case, that is not governed by the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets of the Company; provided that “Asset Sale” shall not include:
     (a) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets constituting a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment permitted to be made under Section 4.07;
     (b) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets with a fair market value not in excess of $25.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions;
     (c) any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn out, obsolete or otherwise unsuitable for use in connection with the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (d) the sale or discount of accounts receivable, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, or the disposition of assets in connection with a foreclosure or transfer in lieu of a foreclosure or other exercise of remedial action;
     (e) any exchange of like property similar to (but not limited to) those allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code; or
     (f) sales or grants of licenses to use the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s patents, trade secrets, know-how and technology to the extent that such license does not prohibit the licensor from using the patent, trade secret, know-how or technology.
     “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the

4


 

remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligation”.
     “Average Life” means, at any date of determination with respect to any debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security and (b) the amount of such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.
     “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
     “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person, any duly authorized committee of such Board of Directors or any Person to which the Board of Directors has properly delegated authority with respect to any particular matter. Unless otherwise indicated, the “Board of Directors” refers to the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York State.
     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all common stock and preferred stock.
     “Capitalized Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.
     “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means all monetary obligations of any Person and its Subsidiaries under any leasing or similar arrangement which, in accordance with GAAP, should be classified as Capitalized Leases and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date that the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such Capitalized Lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a premium or penalty is due thereunder.
     “Change of Control” means such time as:
     (1) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

5


 

     (2) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis; or
     (3) during any period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office.
     “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.
     “Closing Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued under this Indenture.
     “Commodity Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.
     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such period plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income:
     (1) Fixed Charges;
     (2) amounts shown under the item “Taxes” on the Company’s income statement;
     (3) depreciation expense;
     (4) amortization expense;
     (5) (a) non-cash compensation expense, or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale of stock, the granting of stock options, the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock option, stock appreciation rights or similar arrangements), (b) any financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and other similar advisory and consulting fees, cash charges in respect of strategic market reviews, management bonuses and early retirement of Indebtedness, and related out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of the Transaction, all determined in accordance with GAAP, (c) to the extent non-recurring and not capitalized, any financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and similar advisory and consulting fees and related costs and expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred as a result of Asset Acquisitions, Investments, Asset Sales permitted under this Indenture and the issuance of Capital Stock or Indebtedness permitted hereunder, all determined in accordance with GAAP and in each

6


 

case eliminating any increase or decrease in income resulting from non-cash accounting adjustments made in connection with the related Asset Acquisition, Investment or Asset Sale, (d) to the extent the related loss is not added back pursuant to the definition of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, all proceeds of business interruption insurance policies, (e) expenses incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent reimbursed in cash by a third party, and (f) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges not to exceed $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year; minus
     (6) to the extent included in determining such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) reversals (in whole or in part) of any restructuring charges previously treated as Non-Cash Restructuring Charges in any prior period, (b) all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, other than (A) the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice and (B) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or cash reserve for, cash expenses in a prior period, to the extent such accrual or reserve did not increase EBITDA in a prior period;
all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the percentage ownership interest in the income of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with the effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements; and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt; and all but the principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, in each case, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding, however, (1) any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (3) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (3) of the definition thereof) and (2) any premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the offering of the Notes, all as determined on a consolidated basis (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP.
     “Contingent Liability” means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection), or

7


 

guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the capital securities of any other Person. The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation with respect thereto) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount of the debt, obligation or other liability guaranteed thereby.
     “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
     “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2006, among the Company as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent, and Merrill Lynch. Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book runners.
     “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities (including the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, or indentures providing for revolving credit loans, term, loans, notes or other financings or letters of credit, or other credit facilities, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.
     “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.
     “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
     “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
     “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
     “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
     “Determination Date”, with respect to an Interest Period, will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period.
     “Disqualified Stock” means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is (1) required to be redeemed prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, (2) redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (3) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (1) or (2) above or

8


 

Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 and such Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company’s repurchase of such Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 4.15.
     “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “fair market value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by (i) for a transaction or series of related transactions in excess of $25.0 million, the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors or (ii) for a transaction or series of related transactions involving $25.0 million or less, by the chief financial officer, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a certificate to such effect.
     “Fiscal Year” means any period of fifty-two or fifty-three consecutive calendar weeks ending on the Saturday nearest to the last day of December, with respect to all periods beginning on or after July 2, 2006; references to a Fiscal Year with a number corresponding to any calendar year (e.g., the “2007 Fiscal Year”) refer to the Fiscal Year ending on the Saturday nearest to the last day of December of such calendar year; provided that in the event that the Company gives notice to the Trustee that it intends to change its Fiscal Year, Fiscal Year will mean any period of fifty-two or fifty-three consecutive calendar weeks or twelve consecutive calendar months ending on the date set forth in such notice; provided, further, that the term “Fiscal Year 2006” means the period from the date of this Indenture to December 30, 2006.
     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, for any Person on any Transaction Date, the ratio of (1) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the then most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such Transaction Date for which reports have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee (the “Four Quarter Period”) to (2) the aggregate Fixed Charges during such Four Quarter Period. In making the foregoing calculation:
     (A) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid during the period (the “Reference Period”) commencing on the first day of the Four

9


 

Quarter Period and ending on the Transaction Date, in each case, as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or repaid on the first day of such Reference Period;
     (B) Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness (whether existing or being Incurred) computed on a pro forma basis and bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the Transaction Date (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness) had been the applicable rate for the entire period;
     (C) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur during such Reference Period as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and
     (D) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; provided that to the extent that clause (C) or (D) of this paragraph requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed for which financial information is available; and provided, further, that such pro forma calculation will take into account all adjustments required by Article 11 of Regulation S-X to be reflected, any adjustments permitted by Article 11 of Regulation S-X that the Company, in its reasonable judgment, elects to make and any Pro Forma Cost Savings arising from such transaction.
     “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus
     (2) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends payable solely in Capital Stock of such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Stock) or to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

10


 

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is an entity which is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Closing Date as determined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. All ratios and computations contained or referred to in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the covenants and with other provisions of this Indenture shall be made without giving effect to (1) the amortization of any expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Notes and (2) except as otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17.
     “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
     “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.
     “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
     “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the normal course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the normal course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
     “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, all liabilities of such Person under foreign exchange contracts, commodity hedging agreements, currency exchange agreements, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, and all other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

11


 

     “Holder” means a holder of any Notes.
     “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.
     “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Company as an “Immaterial Subsidiary” if and for so long as such Restricted Subsidiary, together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries, has (i) total assets at such time not exceeding 5% of the Company’s consolidated assets as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which balance sheet information is available and (ii) total revenues and operating profit for the most recent 12-month period for which income statement information is available not exceeding 5% of the Company’s consolidated revenues and operating profit, respectively; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary shall be an Immaterial Subsidiary only to the extent that and for so long as all of the above requirements are satisfied, provided, that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.
     “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness; provided that (1) any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount nor the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness on which such interest is paid was originally issued) shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination (without duplication):
     (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
     (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
     (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described in (1) or (2) above or (5), (6) or (7) below) entered into in the normal course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement);

12


 

     (4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services, except Trade Payables;
     (5) all Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt;
     (6) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness;
     (7) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person;
     (8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations under Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (other than Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements designed solely to protect the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in commodity prices, foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in commodity prices, foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder); and
     (9) all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any.
     The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that:
     (A) the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP;
     (B) money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of the interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” so long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest; and
     (C) Indebtedness shall not include:
     (x) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes;

13


 

     (y) obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees in respect of activities being performed by, on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (z) agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case, Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the principal amount does not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition.
     “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
     “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
     “Initial Notes” means the first $500.0 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.
     “Initial Subsidiary Guarantors” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than HBI Playtex BATH LLC and those that are a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary) existing on the Closing Date.
     “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.
     “Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the date of this Indenture and end on and include June 15, 2007.
     “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement (whether fixed to floating or floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar agreement or arrangement.
     “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes,

14


 

debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and shall include (1) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (2) the retention of the Capital Stock (or any other Investment) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (or in) any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including without limitation, by reason of any transaction permitted by clause (3) or (4) of Section 4.16. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07, (a) the amount of or a reduction in an Investment shall be equal to the fair market value thereof at the time such Investment is made or reduced and (b) in the event the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment by transferring assets to any Person and as part of such transaction receives Net Cash Proceeds, the amount of such Investment shall be the fair market value of the assets less the amount of Net Cash Proceeds so received, provided the Net Cash Proceeds are applied in accordance with Section 4.10.
     “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
     “Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of
     (a) Total Debt outstanding on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which reports have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee
     to
     (b) Consolidated EBITDA computed for the then most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such date for which reports have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee;
provided that, for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio with respect to the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ending (i) December 30, 2006, Consolidated EBITDA shall be actual Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ending on December 30, 2006 multiplied by four; (ii) March 31, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA shall be actual Consolidated EBITDA for the two fiscal quarter period ending on March 31, 2007 multiplied by two; and (iii) June 30, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA shall be actual Consolidated EBITDA for the three fiscal quarter period ending on June 30, 2007 multiplied by one and one-third.
     “LIBOR”, with respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a six-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars for a six-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the

15


 

Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a six-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.
     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest).
     “London Banking Day” is any day in which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market.
     “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, financial condition, operations, performance, or assets of the Company or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) taken as a whole, (ii) the rights and remedies of any Holder under this Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement or (iii) the ability of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under this Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors and assigns.
     “Net Cash Proceeds” means:
     (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of:
     (1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale;
     (2) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (3) payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that either (x) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or (y) is required to be paid as a result of such sale; and
     (4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under

16


 

any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP; and
     (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of attorney’s fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.
     “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
     “Note Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes by any Subsidiary Guarantor.
     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes.
     “Obligors” means each of the Company and all Subsidiary Guarantors and “Obligor” means each of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor individually.
     “Offer to Purchase” means an offer to purchase Notes by the Company from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder stating:
     (1) the provision of this Indenture pursuant to which the offer is being made and that all Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis;
     (2) the purchase price and the date of purchase, which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Payment Date”);
     (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to its terms;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date;

17


 

     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; and
     (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000.
     On the Payment Date, the Company shall (a) accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (b) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so accepted; and (c) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000. the Company will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to Purchase. the Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Company is required to repurchase Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to an Offer to Purchase, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.
     “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum dated December 11, 2006 relating to the Initial Notes.
     “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President or any Assistant Vice President of such Person.
     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by at least two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.
     “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

18


 

     “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
     “Permitted Additional Restricted Payment” means, for any Fiscal Year set forth below, Restricted Payments made by the Company in the amount set forth opposite such Fiscal Year:
     
Fiscal Year   Cash Amount
2006
  $24.0 million
2007
  $30.0 million
2008
  $36.0 million
2009
  $42.0 million
2010 and thereafter
  $48.0 million
; provided, to the extent that the amount of Permitted Additional Restricted Payments made by the Company during any Fiscal Year is less than the aggregate amount permitted (including after giving effect to this proviso) for such Fiscal Year, then such unutilized amount may be carried forward and utilized by the Company to make Permitted Additional Restricted Payments in any succeeding Fiscal Year or Years and provided further that, for Fiscal Year 2009 and each Fiscal Year thereafter, the amounts set forth above in such Fiscal Years shall be increased by an additional $120.0 million so long as both before and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Leverage Ratio is less than 3.75:1.00.
     “Permitted Business” means the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries engaged in on the Closing Date and any other activities that are reasonably related, supportive, complementary, ancillary or incidental thereto or reasonable extensions thereof.
     “Permitted Cash Restructuring Charge Amount” means, $120.0 million in the aggregate for Fiscal Year 2006 and all Fiscal Years ending after the Closing Date.
     “Permitted Cash Spin-Off Charge Amount” means, for any Fiscal Year set forth below, the amount set forth opposite such Fiscal Year:
     
Fiscal Year   Cash Amount
2006
  $20.0 million
2007
  $55.0 million
     “Permitted Investment” means:
     (1) an Investment in the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) Temporary Cash Investments;
     (3) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

19


 

     (4) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments;
     (5) an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary consisting solely of an Investment in another Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (6) Commodity Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements intended to protect the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in commodity prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates or manage interest rate risk;
     (7) loans and advances to employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not to exceed $12.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
     (8) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received
     (a) pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers, or
     (b) in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers and others, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise in satisfaction of a judgment;
     (9) Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.10; or
     (10) Investments of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, in compliance with this Indenture; provided that such Investments were not made by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation;
     (11) Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person under a Permitted Securitization; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables and related assets or any equity interests;
     (12) Investments to the extent made in exchange for the Issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
     (13) any Investment made within 60 days after the date of the commitment to make the Investment, that when such commitment was made, would have complied with the terms of this Indenture;
     (14) repurchases of the Notes; and

20


 

     (15) other Investments made since the date of this Indenture that do not exceed, at any one time outstanding, $100.0 million.
     “Permitted Liens” means:
     (1) Liens in connection with a Permitted Securitization;
     (2) Liens existing as of the Closing Date and disclosed in Item 7.2.3(c) of the disclosure schedule to the Credit Agreement securing Indebtedness existing as of the Closing Date which is identified in Item 7.2.2(c) of the disclosure schedule to the Credit Agreement and refinancings, refundings, reallocations, renewals or extensions of such Indebtedness; provided that, no such Lien shall encumber any additional property (except for accessions to such property and the products and proceeds thereof) and the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased from that existing on the Closing Date;
     (3) Liens securing Indebtedness of the type permitted by clause (7) of Section 4.09 that, (i) such Lien is granted within 270 days after such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the cost or the fair market value of the applicable property, improvements or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and (iii) such Lien secures only the assets that are the subject of the Indebtedness referred to in such clause;
     (4) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by under clause (7) of Section 4.09; provided that, such Liens existed prior to such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, were not created in anticipation thereof and attach only to specific tangible assets of such Person;
     (5) Liens in favor of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, materialmen, customs and revenue authorities and landlords and other similar statutory Liens and Liens in favor of suppliers (including sellers of goods pursuant to customary reservations or retention of title, in each case) granted in the ordinary course of business for amounts not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books or with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (6) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases, trade contracts or other similar obligations (other than for borrowed money) entered into in the ordinary course of business or to secure obligations on surety and appeal bonds or performance bonds, performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii)

21


 

obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees that have been posted to support payment of the items set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i);
     (7) judgment Liens that are being appealed in good faith or with respect to which execution has been stayed or the payment of which is covered in full (subject to a customary deductible) by insurance maintained with responsible insurance companies and which do not otherwise result in an Event of Default;
     (8) easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, building codes, restrictions, reservations, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar encumbrances and matters that would be disavowed by a full survey of real property not interfering in any material respect with the value or use of the affected or encumbered real property to which such Lien is attached;
     (9) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (8) of Section 4.09;
     (10) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution and Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (11) (i) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to third Persons in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) other agreements with respect to the use and occupancy of real property entered into in the ordinary course of business or in connection with an Asset Sale permitted by Section 4.10 or (iii) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (12) Liens on the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing (i) the non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, licenses and statutory obligations, (ii) Contingent Liabilities on surety and appeal bonds, and (iii) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature; in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (13) Liens on Receivables transferred to a Receivables Subsidiary under a Permitted Securitization;
     (14) Liens upon specific items or inventory or other goods and proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or documentary letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

22


 

     (15) Liens (i) (A) on advances of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired as a Permitted Investment to be applied against the purchase price for such Permitted Investment and (B) consisting of an agreement involving an Asset Sale permitted by Section 4.10, in each case under this clause (i), solely to the extent such Permitted Investment or Asset Sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien and (ii) on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
     (16) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings under other applicable Law) regarding leases entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) Liens (i) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods (including under Article 2 of the UCC) and Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other similar agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness and (iii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations in each case in the ordinary course of business and not prohibited by this Agreement;
     (18) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are located or any Liens senior to any lease, sub-lease or other agreement under which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries uses or occupies any real property;
     (19) Liens constituting security given to a public or private utility or any Governmental Authority as required in the ordinary course of business;
     (20) pledges or deposits of cash and Cash Equivalents securing deductibles, self-insurance, co-payment, co-insurance, retentions and similar obligations to providers of insurance in the ordinary course of business;
     (21) Liens on (A) incurred premiums, dividends and rebates which may become payable under insurance policies and loss payments which reduce the incurred premiums on such insurance policies and (B) rights which may arise under State insurance guarantee funds relating to any such insurance policy, in each case securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (12)(i) of Section 4.09; and
     (22) Liens for taxes not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books

23


 

or with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     “Permitted Securitization” means any sale, transfer or other disposition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Receivables and related collateral, credit support and similar rights and any other assets that are customarily transferred in a securitization of receivables, pursuant to one or more securitization programs, to a Receivables Subsidiary or a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company; provided that (i) the consideration to be received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Receivables Subsidiary for any such disposition consists of cash, a promissory note or a customary contingent right to receive cash in the nature of a “hold-back” or similar contingent right, (ii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, and (iii) the aggregate outstanding balance of the Indebtedness in respect of all such programs at any point in time is not in excess of $500.0 million.
     “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
     “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
     “Pro Forma Cost Savings” means with respect to any acquisition or disposition transaction, cost savings reasonably expected to be realized in connection with that transaction, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors, in consultation with a nationally recognized accounting firm (regardless of whether those cost savings could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements under GAAP, Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC or any other regulation or policy of the SEC).
     “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note evidencing a line of credit, or evidencing other Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Securitization, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the maker of such note, other than amounts required to be established as reserves, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated accounts receivable.
     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
     “Receivable” shall mean a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the UCC and any supporting obligations.

24


 

     “Receivables Subsidiary” shall mean any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries transfer Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and which meets the following conditions:
     (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:
     (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (that is not a Receivables Subsidiary);
     (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (that is not a Receivables Subsidiary); or
     (iii) subjects any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (that is not a Receivables Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof;
     (b) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (that is not a Receivables Subsidiary) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings); and
     (c) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (that is not a Receivables Subsidiary) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.
Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced by a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of such Restricted Subsidiary giving effect to such designation and an officers certificate certifying, to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief, that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions.
     “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “Regulation S Global Note” means a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.
     “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee,

25


 

issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
     “Replacement Assets” means, on any date, property or assets (other than current assets) of a nature or type or that are used in a Permitted Business (or an Investment in a Permitted Business).
     “Representative” means this Indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative.
     “Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1.0 million for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.
     “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
     “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
     “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
     “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S.
     “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its successors.
     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means a transaction whereby a Person sells or otherwise transfers assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or otherwise transferred.
     “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

26


 

     “Second Lien Credit Agreement” means that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2006, among the Company Branded Apparel Limited, Inc., as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent, and Merrill Lynch. Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book runners.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “Significant Subsidiary” means, any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.
     “Spin-Off” means the distribution of the Company’s common stock by Sara Lee Corporation to its stockholders.
     “Standard Securitization Undertakings” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in a securitization of Receivables.
     “Stated Maturity” means, (1) with respect to any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and (2) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.
     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.
     “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Initial Subsidiary Guarantor and any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which provides a Note Guarantee of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Section 4.19.
     “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service).
     “Temporary Cash Investment” means any of the following:
     (a) any direct obligation of (or unconditionally guaranteed by) the United States or a State thereof (or any agency or political subdivision thereof, to the extent such obligations are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States or a State thereof) maturing not more than one year after such time;

27


 

     (b) commercial paper maturing not more than 270 days from the date of issue, which is issued by (i) a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) organized under the laws of any State of the United States or of the District of Columbia and rated A 1 or higher by S&P or P 1 or higher by Moody’s;
     (c) any certificate of deposit, time deposit or bankers acceptance, maturing not more than one year after its date of issuance, which is issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States (or any State thereof) and which has (A) a credit rating of A2 or higher from Moody’s or A or higher from S&P and (B) a combined capital and surplus greater than $500.0 million;
     (d) any repurchase agreement having a term of 30 days or less entered into with any commercial banking institution satisfying the criteria set forth in clause (c) which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in clause (a), and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such commercial banking institution thereunder;
     (e) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, non-Dollar denominated (i) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Person maintains its chief executive office or principal place of business or is organized provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and which has a short-term commercial paper rating from S&P of at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s of at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”) and maturing within one year of the date of acquisition and (ii) equivalents of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; or
     (f) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of any member nation of the European Union whose legal tender is the Euro and which are denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Foreign Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of any such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof.
     “Temporary Regulation S Global Note” means a temporary Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the legend specified in Section 2.06(g)(3) and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

28


 

     “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified thereunder, as may be amended from time to time.
     “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company filed with the SEC or delivered to the Trustee.
     “Total Debt” means, on any date, the outstanding principal amount of all:
     (1) obligations of such Person for borrowed money or advances and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments;
     (2) monetary obligations, contingent or otherwise, relative to the face amount of all letters of credit, whether or not drawn, and banker’s acceptances issued for the account of such Person;
     (3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; and
     (4) the full outstanding balance of trade receivables, notes or other instruments sold with full recourse (and the portion thereof subject to potential recourse, if sold with limited recourse), other than in any such case any thereof sold solely for purposes of collection of delinquent accounts and other than in connection with any Permitted Securitization,
of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary), in each case exclusive of intercompany Indebtedness between the Company and its Subsidiaries and any Contingent Liability in respect of any of the foregoing.
     “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.
     “Transaction Date” means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, the date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.
     “Transaction” means, collectively, (i) the consummation of the Spin-Off, (ii) the payment by the Company to Sara Lee Corporation of dividends and other payments in the approximate amount of $2.4 billion, (iii) the transfer of all the assets and certain associated liabilities of the branded apparel Americas/Asia business of Sara Lee Corporation to the Company and the sale to the Company of certain related trademarks and other intellectual property, (iv) the entering into of the documents governing the Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement and the making of the loans thereunder, (v) the receipt by the Company of the proceeds from unsecured increasing rate loans and the entering into of the related documents in an aggregate amount of $500.0 million (the “Bridge Loans”), (vi) the issuance of the Notes and the redemption of the

29


 

Bridge Loans, and (vii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection and in accordance with the foregoing.
     “Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
     “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Day s prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2008; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15,2008, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
     “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
     “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Foreign Supply Chain Entity (as defined in the Credit Agreement) listed on Item 1.1 of the Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to the Credit Agreement, as of the Closing Date, (2) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an “Incurrence” of such Indebtedness and an “Investment” by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation; (B) either (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1.0 million or less or (II) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1.0 million such designation would be permitted under Section 4.07 and (C) if applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment referred to in clause (A) of this proviso would be permitted under Section 4.07 and Section 4.09. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation and (b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately after such designation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such

30


 

designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
     “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Company thereof at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.
     “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “Voting Stock” means with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.
     “Wholly Owned” of any specified Person, as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person (other than directors’ and foreign nationals’ qualifying shares) that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person is owned by the referent Person.
     SECTION 1.02 Other Definitions.
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Authentication Order”
    2.02  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.15  
“Change of Control Payment”
    4.15  
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    4.15  
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“DTC”
    2.03  
“Event of Default”
    6.01  
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.10  
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.02  
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Redemption Date”
    3.07  
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Restricted Payments”
    4.07  

31


 

     SECTION 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
     The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
     “indenture securities” means the Notes;
     “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;
     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.
     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.
     SECTION 1.04 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “or” is not exclusive;
     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
     (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
     SECTION 2.01 Form and Dating.
     (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or

32


 

endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
     (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of the designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments endorsed thereon as specified in Section 2.01(b) in connection with transfers of interests as hereinafter provided.
     (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial

33


 

interests the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
     SECTION 2.02 Execution and Authentication. At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
     A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
     The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated on the face of the Notes.
     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.
     SECTION 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
     The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
     SECTION 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further

34


 

liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
     SECTION 2.05 Holder Lists. The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).
     SECTION 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
     (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:
     (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; or
     (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee, provided that in no event shall the Temporary Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act.
     Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c), (d) or (f) hereof.
     (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial

35


 

interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).
     (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:
     (a) both:
     (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
     (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or
     (b) both:
     (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
     (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above, provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates

36


 

required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
     (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
     (a) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (b) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
     (c) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable and a certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto.
     (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:
     (a) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company

37


 

     (b) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (c) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (d) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (d), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (d) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (d) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
     (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (a) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a

38


 

certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof,
     (b) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (c) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (d) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (e) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; or
     (f) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (2) Beneficial Interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(a) and (c) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any

39


 

certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:
     (a) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
     (b) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (c) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (d) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof, or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof,
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such

40


 

beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.
     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (a) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (b) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (c) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (d) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (e) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (b) through (d) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,

41


 

including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; or
     (f) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,
the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (a) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (b) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (c) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.
     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (a) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (a), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the

42


 

Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
     If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2)(a) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
     (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (a) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (b) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
     (c) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (a) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate

43


 

from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (a), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
     (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:
     (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and
     (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.
     Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.
     (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
     (1) Private Placement Legend.

44


 

     (a) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO HANESBRANDS INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE.
AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE WHICH GOVERNS THIS NOTE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

45


 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (3) Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend. The Temporary Regulation S Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTE, ARE SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE WHICH GOVERNS THIS NOTE. NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.”
     (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for a Global Note or Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will

46


 

be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
     (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
     (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.
     (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).
     (3) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (4) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:
     (a) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;
     (b) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or
     (c) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.
     (5) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (6) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

47


 

     (7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
     SECTION 2.07 Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
     Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
     SECTION 2.08 Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 or Sections 2.09, 8.02 or 8.03 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof.
     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding.
     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
     SECTION 2.09 Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded.
     SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of

48


 

certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
     Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
     SECTION 2.11 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
     SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
     SECTION 3.01 Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:
     (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur,
     (2) the Redemption Date;
     (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;
     (4) the redemption price; and
     (5) applicable CUSIP numbers.

49


 

     SECTION 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase as follows:
     (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or
     (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the trustee deems fair and appropriate.
     In the event of partial redemption or purchase the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
     The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000. No notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
     SECTION 3.03 Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 of this Indenture.
     The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:
     (1) the Redemption Date;
     (2) the redemption price;
     (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
     (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

50


 

     (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
     (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
     (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
     At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 40 days (unless a shorter time shall be acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
     SECTION 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.
     SECTION 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
     If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
     SECTION 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.
     SECTION 3.07 Optional Redemption. (a) At any time on or prior to December 15, 2008, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of Notes with the net cash

51


 

proceeds of one or more sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company at a redemption price equal to the product of (x) the sum of (1) 100% and (2) a percentage equal to the per annum rate of interest on the Notes then applicable on the date on which the notice of redemption is given and (y) the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under this Indenture remains outstanding after each such redemption and notice of any such redemption is mailed within 180 days of each such sale of Capital Stock.
     (b) The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2008. The redemption price for the Notes (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) will be as follows, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15 of any year set forth below preceded below:
         
Year   Redemption Price
2008
    102.000 %
2009
    101.000 %
2010 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     (c) At any time prior to December 15, 2008, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
     (d) All redemptions of the Notes will be made upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address as provided in Section 3.03. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.
     (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
     SECTION 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
     SECTION 4.01 Payment of Notes. The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. New York City on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

52


 

     The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
     SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate or an agent of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
     The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
     SECTION 4.03 SEC Reports and Reports to Holders.
     (a) Whether or not required by the SEC’s rules and regulations, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:
     (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and
     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.
All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants.
     (b) In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.

53


 

     (c) If, at any time after consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this covenant with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.
     (d) In addition, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
     SECTION 4.04 Compliance Certificate.
     (a) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
     (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default that has not been cured, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
     SECTION 4.05 Taxes. The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
     SECTION 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all

54


 

benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
     SECTION 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or with respect to its Capital Stock (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock and (y) pro rata dividends or distributions on common stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority stockholders) held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) purchase, call for redemption or redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (3) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of Indebtedness of the Company that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to a Note Guarantee; or
     (4) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person;
(such payments or any other actions described in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively “Restricted Payments”) if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:
     (A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
     (B) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09, or
     (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after the Closing Date would exceed the sum of:
     (1) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of such loss) less the amount of any net reduction in Investments included pursuant to clause (3) below that would otherwise be included in Adjusted Consolidated Net Income accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Closing Date and

55


 

ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee, plus
     (2) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Closing Date as a capital contribution or from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company, including the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from any issuance or sale permitted by this Indenture of convertible Indebtedness of the Company subsequent to the Closing Date but only upon the conversion of such Indebtedness into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company (in each case, exclusive of any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes) plus
     (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in any Person resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case, to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (whether or not any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investments”), not to exceed, in each case, the aggregate amount of all Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     (b) The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of:
     (1) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock within 60 days after the related date of declaration or call for redemption if, at said date of declaration or call for redemption, such payment or redemption would comply with the preceding paragraph;
     (2) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under clause (3) of the second paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09;
     (3) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a capital contribution or a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital

56


 

Stock); provided that such new options, warrants or other rights are not redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes;
     (4) the making of any principal payment or the repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a capital contribution or a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); provided that such new options, warrants or other rights are not redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes;
     (5) payments or distributions, to dissenting stockholders required by applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets of the Company that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company;
     (6) Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
     (7) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Capital Stock;
     (8) Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary;
     (9) the repurchase, redemption, retirement or otherwise acquisition of Capital Stock required by the employee stock ownership programs of the Company or required or permitted under employee agreements;
     (10) other Investments in an amount not to exceed $120.0 million at any time outstanding; or
     (11) Permitted Additional Restricted Payments;
provided that, in the case of clauses (2), (4) and (11), no Default (of the type described in clauses (1), (2), (9) or (10) under Section 6.01) or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein.
     Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clause (2), (7) or (11) thereof or an exchange of Capital Stock for Capital Stock or Indebtedness referred to in clause (3) or (4) thereof or an Investment acquired as a capital contribution or in exchange for Capital Stock referred to in clause (6) thereof) shall be included in calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 have been met with respect to any subsequent Restricted

57


 

Payments, and the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clause (3), (4) or (6) of the preceding paragraph shall not be included in such calculation. In the event the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company are used for the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Notes, or Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause (C) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness.
     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, (x) (i) for a Restricted Payment or series of related Restricted Payments involving in excess of $25.0 million, the amount, if other than in cash, of any Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors or (ii) for a Restricted Payment or series of related Restricted Payments involving $25.0 million or less, the amount, if other than in cash, of any Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by the chief financial officer, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a certificate to such effect and (y) in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments described in the above clauses, including the first paragraph of this Section 4.07, the Company, in its sole discretion, may order and classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such Restricted Payment if it would have been permitted at the time such Restricted Payment was made and at the time of such reclassification.
     SECTION 4.08 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to:
     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) repay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
     (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (4) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
     (b) The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or restrictions:
     (1) existing on the Closing Date in the Credit Agreement, this Indenture or any other agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements taken as a

58


 

whole are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced;
     (2) existing under or by reason of applicable law;
     (3) that are customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, agreements, leases, permits and licenses;
     (4) that are purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased;
     (5) existing with respect to any Person or the property or assets of such Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person so acquired and any extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements thereof; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements taken as a whole are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced;
     (6) in the case of clause (4) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.08:
     (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset,
     (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, or
     (C) arising or agreed to in the normal course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (7) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary;
     (8) relating to a Subsidiary Guarantor and contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if:

59


 

     (A) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company in good faith); and
     (B) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes;
     (9) arising from customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements;
     (10) existing in the documentation governing any Permitted Securitization; or;
     (11) contained in any agreement governing Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of the second paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09.
     Nothing contained in this Section 4.08 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in Section 4.12 or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     SECTION 4.09 Limitation on Indebtedness.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the Notes, the Note Guarantees and other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date) and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Stock; provided, however, that the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0:1.0.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the following:
     (1) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and such Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder) (together with refinancings thereof) not to exceed $2.6 billion less any amount of such Indebtedness permanently repaid with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales as provided under Section 4.10;
     (2) Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (x) any event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (2) and (y) if the

60


 

Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (3) Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness including the Notes (other than Indebtedness outstanding under clauses (1), (2), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (13) and any refinancings thereof) in an amount not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided that (a) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or a Note Guarantee shall only be permitted under this clause (3) if (x) in case the Notes are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is pari passu with, or expressly subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Notes or the Note Guarantee, or (y) in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, (b) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded and (c) such new Indebtedness is Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or by the Restricted Subsidiary that is the obligor on the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Company, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are (A) used to purchase Notes tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change in Control or an Optional Redemption or (B) promptly deposited to defease the Notes as described under Article 8 and Article 12;
     (5) Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided the Guarantee of such Indebtedness is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.19;
     (6) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness (i) in respect of industrial revenue bonds or other similar governmental or municipal bonds, (ii) evidencing the deferred purchase price of newly

61


 

acquired property or incurred to finance the acquisition of property, plant or equipment of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (pursuant to purchase money mortgages or otherwise, whether owed to the seller or a third party) (provided that, such Indebtedness is incurred within 365 days of the acquisition of such property, plant or equipment) and (iii) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this clause shall not at any time exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets;
     (8) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries and Guarantees thereof in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $225.0 million at any one time outstanding;
     (9) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary, but only if such Indebtedness was not created or incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (10) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash pooling arrangements, cash management and other Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with cash management and deposit accounts;
     (11) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Permitted Securitization and Standard Securitization Undertakings;
     (12) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations in supply agreements, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and
     (13) additional Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (in addition to Indebtedness permitted under clauses (1) through (12) above) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time (together with refinancings thereof) not to exceed $150.0 million.
     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. The amount of any particular Indebtedness incurred in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the exchange rate for such currency vis-à-vis the U.S. dollar on the date of such incurrence.
     (c) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.09, (x) Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement on the Closing Date shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of part (a) of this Section 4.09, (y) Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included and (z) any Liens granted pursuant to the equal and ratable provisions referred to in Section 4.12 shall not be treated as Indebtedness. For purposes

62


 

of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above (other than Indebtedness referred to in clause (x) of the preceding sentence), including under the first paragraph of clause (a), the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such item of Indebtedness.
     (d) The Obligors will not Incur any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is also subordinate in right of payment to the Notes (in the case of the Company) or the Note Guarantees (in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantor), in each case, to the same extent.
     SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Asset Sales. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale unless:
     (1) the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or disposed of; and
     (2) at least 75% of the consideration received consists of (a) cash or Temporary Cash Investments, (b) the assumption of unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), provided that the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or such other Restricted Subsidiary is irrevocably released in writing from all liability under such Indebtedness, or (c) Replacement Assets.
The Company will, or will cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) within twelve months after the date of receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale:
     (A) apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds to permanently repay Indebtedness under any Credit Facility or other unsubordinated secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, owing to a Person other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (and to cause a corresponding permanent reduction in commitments if such repaid Indebtedness was outstanding under the revolving portion of a Credit Facility); or
     (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so invest within 12 months after the date of such agreement) in Replacement Assets; and
     (2) apply (no later than the end of the 12-month period referred to in clause (1)) any excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause (1)) as provided in the following paragraphs of this Section 4.10.

63


 

     The amount of such excess Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such 12-month period as set forth in clause (1) of the preceding sentence and not applied as so required by the end of such period shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.”
     If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.10 totals at least $50.0 million, the Company must commence, not later than the last Business Day of such month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders (and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), from the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis an aggregate principal amount of Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the Payment Date. To the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.
     Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
     SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the Company or with any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such transaction is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not such a holder or an Affiliate.
     (b) The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to:
     (1) transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or (B) for which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, accounting, valuation or appraisal firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
     (2) any transaction solely between the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or solely among Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (3) the payment of reasonable regular fees to directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company and indemnification arrangements entered into by the Company consistent with past practices of the Company;

64


 

     (4) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;
     (5) transactions in connection with a Permitted Securitization including Standard Securitization Undertakings;
     (6) any sale of shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
     (7) any Permitted Investments or any Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 4.07;
     (8) any agreement as in effect or entered into as of the Closing Date (as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum) or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) and any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date; and
     (9) any employment agreement, change in control/severance agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or series of related transactions covered by the first paragraph of this Section 4.11 and not covered by clauses (2) through (9) of this paragraph, (a) the aggregate amount of which exceeds $50.0 million in value, must be approved or determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (1)(A) or (B) above and (b) the aggregate amount of which exceeds $100.0 million in value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (1)(B) above.
     SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or properties of any character (including any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary), without making effective provision for all of the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture to be directly secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation or liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.
     The foregoing limitation does not apply to:
     (1) Liens existing on the Closing Date;
     (2) Liens granted on or after the Closing Date on any assets or Capital Stock of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of the Holders;
     (3) Liens in connection with a Permitted Securitization;

65


 

     (4) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred under clause (3) of the second paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
     (5) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under clause (1) of the second paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09;
     (6) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the second paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09; provided that, (i) such Lien is granted within 365 days after such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the cost or the fair market value of the applicable property, improvements or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and (iii) such Lien secures only the assets that are the subject of the Indebtedness referred to in such clause;
     (7) Liens on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent that such cash or government securities pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in a collateral or escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;
     (8) Lien on any assets or properties of Foreign Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of the second paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09;
     (9) Liens on (A) incurred premiums, dividends and rebates which may become payable under insurance policies and loss payments which reduce the incurred premiums on such insurance policies and (B) rights which may arise under State insurance guarantee funds relating to any such insurance policy, in each case securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (12) of the second paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09;
     (10) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations permitted under this Indenture and outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $90.0 million; or
     (11) Permitted Liens.
     SECTION 4.13 Limitation on Business Activities. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses.
     SECTION 4.14 Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

66


 

     (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and
     (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if at least two Officers of the Company, one of which is the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.
     SECTION 4.15 Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control.
     (a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the rights of the Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:
     (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
     (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, email or

67


 

letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes the Holder delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; and
     (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.
     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.
     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.
     Upon receipt of the Change of Control Payment and Officers’ Certificate described above, the Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
     SECTION 4.16 Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not sell, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly

68


 

or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except:
     (1) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) issuances of director’s qualifying shares or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law;
     (3) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.07 if made on the date of such issuance or sale; or
     (4) sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary either (a) applies the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale in accordance with Section 4.10 or (b) to the extent such sale is of preferred stock, such sale is permitted under Section 4.09.
     SECTION 4.17 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction involving any of its assets or properties whether now owned or hereafter acquired; provided, however, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if:
     (1) the consideration received in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property so sold or otherwise transferred, as determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors;
     (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, would be permitted to grant a Lien to secure Indebtedness under Section 4.12 in the amount of the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale Leaseback Transaction;
     (3) prior to and after giving effect to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary comply with Section 4.09; and
     (4) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds received from such sale in accordance with Section 4.10.
     SECTION 4.18 Payments for Consent. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

69


 

     SECTION 4.19 Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee (a “Subsidiary Guarantee”) of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary.
     The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness (“Guaranteed Indebtedness”) of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary), unless (a) such Restricted Subsidiary promptly executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee (also a “Subsidiary Guarantee”) of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee until the Notes have been paid in full.
     If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A) pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari passu in right of payment with, or subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or (B) subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantee.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
     (1) any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company, of all or substantially all of the Company’s and each Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or upon the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or
     (2) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee.
     SECTION 4.20 Investments in HBI Playtex BATH LLC. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any additional Investment in HBI Playtex BATH LLC or transfer any of their respective assets to HBI Playtex BATH LLC.
     SECTION 4.21 Changes in Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade.
     (a) If on any date following the date of this Indenture: (i) the Notes are rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s and BBB- or better by S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule

70


 

15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency); and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the covenants specifically listed under the following sections in this Indenture will be suspended:
     (1) Section 4.07;
     (2) Section 4.08;
     (3) Section 4.09;
     (4) Section 4.10;
     (5) Section 4.11; and
     (6) clause (3) of Section 5.01(a).
     (b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the rating assigned by either such rating agency should subsequently decline to below Baa3 or BBB-, respectively, the foregoing covenants will be reinstituted as of and from the date of such rating decline. Calculations under the reinstated Section 4.07 or Section 4.09 covenants will be made as if Section 4.07 or Section 4.09, as the case may be, had been in effect since the date of this Indenture except that no Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment or incurrence of Indebtedness made while such relevant covenant was suspended and it being understood that no actions taken by (or omissions of) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the suspension period shall constitute a Default or an Event of Default under the covenants listed this Section 4.21(a)(1)-(6).
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
     SECTION 5.01 Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.
     (a) The Company will not (1), directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or (2) sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
     (1) it shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than it) formed by such consolidation or into which it is merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets (the “Surviving Person”) shall be a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the

71


 

United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; provided, however, that if the Surviving Person is not a corporation, a corporation that has no material assets or liabilities other than the Notes shall become a co-issuer of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture duly executed by the Trustee;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis the Company (or the Surviving Person, if applicable) could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of part (a) of Section 4.09 or (b) the Company’s (or the Surviving Person’s, if applicable) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater than that of the Company prior to the consummation of such transaction; and
     (4) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance with clause (3) of this paragraph) and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that supplemental indenture is enforceable.
     (b) Clause (a)(3) above does not apply if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of incorporation of the Company and any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations.
     SECTION 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries), in one or more related transactions subject to, and in compliance with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

72


 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”
     (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
     (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
     (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 or Section 5.01 hereof;
     (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to the Company by the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions of Section 4.07, Section 4.09 or Section 4.10;
     (5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;
     (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:
     (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default; or
     (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100.0 million or more;
     (7) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;
     (8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full

73


 

force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee;
     (9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
     (A) commences a voluntary case;
     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
     (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or
     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; and
     (10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
     (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary; or
     (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary;
     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.
     SECTION 6.02 Acceleration. In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto.

74


 

     SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
     SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (x) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and (y) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
     SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.
     SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
     (1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
     (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

75


 

     (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.
     A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
     SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any and interest, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
     SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
     SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
     SECTION 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

76


 

     First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
     Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.
     SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
     SECTION 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates specifically required by any provision herein to be furnished to it, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

77


 

     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.
     (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity against any loss, liability or expense.
     (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     SECTION 7.02 Rights of Trustee.
     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
     (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

78


 

     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.
     (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
     (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
     (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
     (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
     (j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
     SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
     SECTION 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
     SECTION 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the

79


 

Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
     SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
     (a) Within 60 days after each December 31 beginning with the December 31 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).
     (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.
     SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.
     (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
     (b) The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as shall be determined to have been caused by its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

80


 

     (c) The obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     (d) To secure the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
     (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
     SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.
     (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
     (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law,
     (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
     (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
     (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

81


 

     (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
     SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.
     SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
     This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).
     SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
     SECTION 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
     SECTION 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company

82


 

and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;
     (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) this Article 8.
     Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
     SECTION 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the provisions of this Indenture will no longer be in effect with respect to clause (3) of the first paragraph under Section 5.01(a) and all the covenants described herein under Article 4 (hereinafter “Covenant Defeasance”) and clause (3) under Section 6.01 with respect to such clause (3) of the first paragraph under Section 5.01(a), clauses (4) and (5) under Section 6.01 with respect to such other covenants and clauses (6) and (7) under Section 6.01 shall be deemed not to be Events of Default upon, among other things, the deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations that through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes on the Stated Maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes, the satisfaction of the provisions described in clauses 2(B), (3) and (7) of Section 8.04 and the delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, among other things, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance of certain covenants and Events of Default and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Upon such an occurrence the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means

83


 

that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby.
     In the event that the Company exercises its option to omit compliance with certain covenants and provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Notes as described in the immediately preceding paragraph and the Notes are declared due and payable because of the occurrence of an Event of Default that remains applicable, the amount of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations on deposit with the Trustee will be sufficient to pay amounts due on the Notes at the time of their Stated Maturity but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on the Notes at the time of the acceleration resulting from such Event of Default. However, the Company will remain liable for such payments and the Company’s obligations or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s Note Guarantee with respect to such payments will remain in effect.
     SECTION 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03:
     (1) The Company must deposit with the Trustee, in trust, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations that through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes on the Stated Maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes;
     (2) The Company must have delivered to the Trustee (A) either (x) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Article 8 and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge had not occurred, which Opinion of Counsel must be based upon (and accompanied by a copy of) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect unless there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law after the Closing Date such that a ruling is no longer required or (y) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned Opinion of Counsel and (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and after the passage of 123 days following the deposit, the trust fund will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law;
     (3) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default, or event that after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such

84


 

deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
     (4) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
     (5) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;
     (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and
     (7) if at such time the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, Defeasance and discharge.
provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to exercise Covenant Defeasance under Section 8.03, the Company must only satisfy those conditions of this Section 8.04 that are specifically identified in Section 8.03 hereof and such other conditions required by Section 8.03.
     SECTION 8.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
     Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section

85


 

8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
     SECTION 8.06 Repayment to Company. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust pursuant to Section 8.04 or Section 12.01 for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
     SECTION 8.07 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
     SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture (but subject in any event to Section 10.13), without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to conform the text of this Indenture to any provisions of the Description of the Notes contained in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that a portion of that

86


 

description of the Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of this Indenture or the Notes;
     (4) to provide for the issuance of additional Notes under this Indenture to the extent otherwise so permitted under the terms of this Indenture;
     (5) to comply with the provisions described under Section 4.19 or Section 5.01;
     (6) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee;
     (8) to add a Subsidiary Guarantor; or
     (9) to make any change that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.
     Upon the request of the Company and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
     SECTION 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02 and Section 10.13, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 4.10 and 4.15 hereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.
     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of such

87


 

amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.
     It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note;
     (2) reduce the principal amount of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Note;
     (3) change the optional Redemption Date s or optional redemption prices of the Notes from that stated under Section 3.07;
     (4) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Note;
     (5) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity (or, in the case of a redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) of any Note;
     (6) waive a default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (other than a rescission of acceleration of the Notes to the extent that such acceleration was initially instituted pursuant to a vote of the Holders);
     (7) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Offer to Purchase as described under Section 4.10 after the obligation to make such an offer has arisen or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Offer to Purchase as described under Section 4.15 after a Change of Control has occurred;
     (8) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its Note Guarantee, except as provided in this Indenture;
     (9) amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in any manner which subordinates the Notes issued thereunder in right of payment to any other

88


 

Indebtedness of the Company or which subordinates any Note Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor issuing any such Note Guarantee; or
     (10) reduce the percentage or aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults.
     SECTION 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.
     SECTION 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
     For purposes of this Indenture, the consent of the Holder of a Global Security shall be deemed to include any consent delivered by any member of, or participant in, any Depository or DTC, any nominees thereof and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company (“Depository Entity”) by electronic means in accordance with the Automated Tender Offer Procedures system or other customary procedures of, and pursuant to authorization by, such Depository Entity.
     The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the first paragraph of this Section 9.04, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.
     Any Holder entitled hereunder to give, make or take any action under this Indenture with regard to any particular Note may do so, or duly appoint any Person or Persons as its agent or agents to do so, with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note.
     SECTION 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

89


 

     Any consent of any Holder of Notes may include, without limitation, any consent obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes.
     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
     SECTION 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until its Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
ARTICLE 10
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
ARTICLE 11
NOTE GUARANTEES
     SECTION 11.01 Guarantee.
     (a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:
     (1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
     (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
     Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

90


 

     (b) The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Subsidiary Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.
     (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.
     (d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee, in each case subject to any rescission of any such acceleration pursuant to Section 6.04. The Subsidiary Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.
     SECTION 11.02 Intentionally Omitted
     SECTION 11.03 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability. Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the

91


 

obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
     SECTION 11.04 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by one of its Officers.
     Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.
     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.
     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
     SECTION 11.05 Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.05, no Subsidiary Guarantor will consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into it unless:
     (1) it shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than it) formed by such consolidation or into which it is merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
     (3) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that such supplemental indenture is enforceable.
     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or disposition and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be

92


 

performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
     Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, the foregoing requirements of this Section 11.05 shall not apply to a consolidation or merger of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, so long as the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor survives such consolidation or merger.
     SECTION 11.06 Releases.
     The Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released, and such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from and relieved of all of its obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture:
     (1) in connection with any sale, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale, disposition or transfer does not violate the first paragraph of Section 4.10;
     (2) in connection with any sale, disposition or transfer of all of the Capital Stock of that Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale, disposition or transfer does not violate the first paragraph of Section 4.10;
     (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or
     (4) upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 12 hereof.
     Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that a release of a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with this Section 11.06 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, Trustee will, upon the request and at the expense of the Company, execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture.

93


 

ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
     SECTION 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder when:
(1) either
     (a) all of the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or
     (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable pursuant to an optional redemption notice or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; and
     (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;
     (3) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company; and
     (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 12.01, and the receipt of such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of counsel, the Trustee, upon request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed

94


 

to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     SECTION 12.02 Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties will control.
     SECTION 13.02 Notices. Any notice or communication by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
     If to the Company and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor:
Hanesbrands Inc.
1000 East Hanes Mill Road
Winston Salem, North Carolina 27105
Attention: Richard D. Moss
With a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 E. Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Attention: Gerald T. Nowak

95


 

If to the Trustee:
Branch Banking and Trust Company
223 West Nash Street
Wilson, North Carolina 27893
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
     The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed, when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
     Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
     If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
     If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
     Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
     Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the Applicable Procedures, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice.
     SECTION 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
     SECTION 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the

96


 

Company shall furnish to the Trustee (except that the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section 13.04(2) hereof shall not be required in connection with the Authentication Order):
     (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
     In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
     Any certificate or opinion of an Officer of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate of opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, and may state that it is so based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in possession of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate of opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
     Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
     SECTION 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:
     (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

97


 

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
     SECTION 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
     SECTION 13.07 No Personal Liability of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers, Directors or Employees. No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of any Obligor in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes or Note Guarantees or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any successor Person thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
     SECTION 13.08 Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, INCLUDING THE INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY THEREOF, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
     SECTION 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
     SECTION 13.10 Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06.
     SECTION 13.11 Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     SECTION 13.12 Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

98


 

     SECTION 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
     SECTION 13.14 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes or Note Guarantees, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees.
[Signatures on following pages]

99


 

SIGNATURES
             
    Hanesbrands Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard D. Moss    
 
     
 
Name:    Richard D. Moss
   
 
      Title:       Treasurer    
 
           
    BA International, L.L.C.    
    Caribesock, Inc.    
    Caribetex, Inc.    
    CASA International, LLC    
    Ceibena Del, Inc.    
    Hanes Menswear, LLC    
    Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc.    
    Hanesbrands Direct, LLC    
    Hanesbrands Distribution, Inc.    
    HBI Branded Apparel Limited, Inc.    
    HBI Branded Apparel Enterprises, LLC    
    HbI International, LLC    
    HBI Sourcing, LLC    
    Inner Self LLC    
    Jasper-Costa Rica, L.L.C.    
    National Textiles, L.L.C.    
    NT Investment Company, Inc.    
    Playtex Dorado, LLC    
    Playtex Industries, Inc.    
    Seamless Textiles, LLC    
    UPCR, Inc.    
    UPEL, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:         /s/ Richard D. Moss    
 
     
 
Name: Richard D. Moss
   
 
      Title: Treasurer    
Indenture

 


 

             
    Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Trustee    
 
           
 
  By:         /s/ Gregory J. Yanok
 
Name: Gregory J. Yanok
   
 
      Title: Assistant Vice President    
Indenture

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of Note]
 
CUSIP/CINS [                    ]
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014
     
No.[                    ]   $[                                        ]
HANESBRANDS INC.
promises to pay to [                                        ] or registered assigns,
the principal sum of [                                                                                                                         ] DOLLARS [Insert if Note is issued in Global Form: (or such [greater] [or] [lesser] amount as may from time to time be endorsed in accordance with the Indenture on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached hereto)] on December 15, 2014.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1
Dated: December 14, 2006
             
    HANESBRANDS INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:
Branch Banking and Trust Company
     as Trustee
         
By:
       
 
 
 
  Authorized Signatory
   
     
 

A-1


 

Back of Note
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
     Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
     (1) Interest. Hanesbrands Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum, reset semi-annually, equal to LIBOR plus 3.375%, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee as set forth below. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 2007. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
     The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest amounts for each day in the Interest Period.
     All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).
     The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.
     (2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal,

A-2


 

premium and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, interest, and premium, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
     (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Branch Banking and Trust Company, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
     (4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 14, 2006 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company.
     (5) Optional Redemption.
     (a) The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2008. The redemption price for the Notes (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) will be as follows, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15 of any year set forth below preceded below:
         
Year   Redemption Price
2008
    102.000 %
2009
    101.000 %
2010 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     (b) At any time on or prior to December 15, 2008, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company at a redemption price equal to the product of (x) the sum of (1) 100% and (2) a percentage equal to the per annum rate of interest on the Notes then applicable on the date on which the notice of redemption is given and (y) the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under this Indenture remains outstanding after each such redemption and notice of any such redemption is mailed within 180 days of each such sale of Capital Stock.

A-3


 

     (c) At any time prior to December 15, 2008, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
     Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.
     (6) Mandatory Redemption. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
     (7) Repurchase at the Option of Holder.
     (a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make a Change of Control Offer to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the rights of the Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
     (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, in which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture totals at least $50.0 million, the Company must commence, not later than the last Business Day of the month in which such Excess Proceeds exceed $50.0 million, and consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders (and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, from the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis an aggregate principal amount of Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the Payment Date. To the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero. Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.
     (8) Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 of the Indenture.

A-4


 

     (9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
     (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
     (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.
     (a) Subject to certain exceptions, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 4.10 and 4.15 thereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 of the Indenture shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding”.
     (b) Without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees: to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; to conform the text of the Indenture to any provisions of the Description of the Notes contained in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that a portion of that description of the Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of the Indenture or the Notes; to provide for the issuance of additional Notes under the Indenture to the extent otherwise so permitted under the terms of the Indenture; to comply with the provisions described under Section 4.19 or Section 5.01 of the Indenture; to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; to add a Subsidiary Guarantor; or to make any change that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

A-5


 

     (12) Defaults and Remedies.
     (a) Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 or Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to the Company by the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions of Section 4.07, Section 4.09 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the date of the Indenture, if that default: (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default; or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100.0 million or more; (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;(viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; (ix) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: (a) commences a voluntary case; (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; and (x) court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (a) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary; or (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.
     (b) In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal

A-6


 

amount of the Notes, then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (6) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture shall be remedied or cured by the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto.
     (13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliates of the Company, with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee.
     (14) No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
     (15) Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
     (16) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
     (17) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
     (18) Governing Law. THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, INCLUDING THE INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY THEREOF, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
     The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

A-7


 

Hanesbrands Inc.
1000 East Hanes Mill Road
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27105
Attention: Corporate Secretary

A-8


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
     
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
   
 
   
 
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
     
and irrevocably appoint
   
 
   
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                         
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee*:                                                        
    Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
o Section 4.10                      o Section 4.15
     If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                                                                                    
Date:                                              
             
 
  Your Signature:        
         
        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
    Tax Identification No.:
 
           
Signature Guarantee*:                                                                  
    Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-10


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
     The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                 
            Principal Amount at    
    Amount of decrease in   Amount of increase in   maturity of this    
    Principal Amount at   Principal Amount at   Global Note following   Signature of authorized
    maturity of   maturity of   such decrease   officer of Trustee or
Date of Exchange   this Global Note   this Global Note   (or increase)   Custodian
                 
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Floating Rate Note is issued in global form.

A-11


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Hanesbrands Inc.
1000 East Hanes Mill Road
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27105
Attention: Richard D. Moss
Branch Banking and Trust Company
223 West Nash Street
Wilson, North Carolina 27893
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Fax No: [                    ]
     Re: Floating Rate Senior Notes Due 2014
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among Hanesbrands Inc. as issuer (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                         , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                    in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                          (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
     1. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule l44A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     2. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably

B-1


 

believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     3. o Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
     (a) o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
     (b) o such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or
     (c) o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
or
     (d) o such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the

B-2


 

effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     4. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
     (a) o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (b) o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (c) o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

B-3


 

             
         
    [Insert Name of Transferor]    
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
Dated:                                         

B-4


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
  (a)   o a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   o 144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
 
  (ii)   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
 
  (iii)   o IAI Global Note (CUSIP                     ); or
  (b)   o a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
  (a)   o a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   o 144A Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
 
  (ii)   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                     ), or
 
  (iii)   o IAI Global Note (CUSIP                     ); or
 
  (iv)   o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                     ); or
  (b)   o a Restricted Definitive Note; or
 
  (c)   o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
 
  in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.  

B-5


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Hanesbrands Inc.
1000 East Hanes Mill Road
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27105
Attention: Richard D. Moss
Branch Banking and Trust Company
223 West Nash Street
Wilson, North Carolina 27893
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Fax No: [                    ]
     Re: Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014
(CUSIP                     )
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among Hanesbrands Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                        , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                    in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
     1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note
     (a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the-Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     (b) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,

C-1


 

(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     (c) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     (d) o Check If Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
     (a) o Check If Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     (b) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note, o Regulation S Global Note, o IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the

C-2


 

Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
             
         
    [Insert Name of Transferor]    
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
Dated:                                         

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Hanesbrands Inc.
1000 East Hanes Mill Road
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27105
Attention: Richard D. Moss
Branch Banking and Trust Company
223 West Nash Street
Wilson, North Carolina 27893
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Fax No: [                    ]
     Re: Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among Hanesbrands Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
     In connection with our proposed purchase of $                     aggregate principal amount of:
     (a) o a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
     (b) o a Definitive Note,
     we confirm that:
     1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in

D-1


 

compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.
     3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
     4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
     5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
             
 
           
 
      [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
Dated:                                         

D-2


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
     For value received, each Subsidiary Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 14, 2006 (the “Indenture”) among Hanesbrands Inc., (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and (b) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
[Signature Page Follows]

E-1


 

                 
 
               
    [NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR(S)]    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
 
          Name:    
 
          Title:    

E-2


 

EXHIBIT F
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , 200_, among                      (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Hanesbrands Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
WITNESSETH
     WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 14, 2006 providing for the issuance of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
     1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
     2. Agreement To Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof.
     4. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
     5. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, INCLUDING THE INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY THEREOF, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED

F-1


 

AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
     6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
     7. Effect Of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     8. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

F-2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.
     Dated:                     . 20___
                 
 
               
    [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
 
          Name:    
 
          Title:    
 
               
    HANESBRANDS INC.    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
 
          Name:    
 
          Title:    
 
               
    [EXISTING SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
 
          Name:    
 
          Title:    
 
               
    BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY    
        as Trustee    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
 
          Authorized Signatory    

F-3

EX-4.2
 

EXECUTION VERSION
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated: December 14, 2006
among
HANESBRANDS INC.
and
THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN
and
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
ABN AMRO INCORPORATED
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into December 14, 2006, among Hanesbrands Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), the companies named on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, ABN AMRO Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (the “Placement Agents”).
          This Agreement is made pursuant to the Placement Agreement dated, December 11, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents (the “Placement Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Placement Agents of an aggregate of $500.0 million principal amount of the Company’s Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”), which will be jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees” and, together with the Notes, the “Securities”). In order to induce the Placement Agents to enter into the Placement Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Placement Agents and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Placement Agreement.
          In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. Definitions.
          As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
1933 Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person, any duly authorized committee of such Board of Directors or any Person to which the Board of Directors has properly delegated authority with respect to any particular matter. Unless otherwise indicated, the “Board of Directors” refers to the Board of Directors of the Company.
Closing Date” shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Placement Agreement.
Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the

1


 

Company’s successors.
Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.
Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
Exchange Securities” shall mean notes issued by the Company and guarantees of the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities, as applicable (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Securities or, if no such interest has been paid, from December 14, 2006, (ii) the Exchange Securities will not contain restrictions on transfer and (iii) the Exchange Securities are not entitled to Additional Interest), and to be offered to Holders of such Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor’s successor.
Holder” shall mean the Placement Agents, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holder” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)).
Indenture” shall mean the indenture relating to the Securities dated as of December 14, 2006 among the Company, the Guarantors and Branch Banking and Trust Company, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Placement Agents or subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities if such subsequent holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holding of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in

2


 

determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.
Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
Placement Agents” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.
Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of or exchanged pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act, (iii) when such Securities are exchanged for Exchange Securities or (iv) when such Securities shall otherwise have ceased to be outstanding.
Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm acting as counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, and in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be

3


 

selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Placement Agents) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by this Agreement or incident to the performance of this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.
Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.
Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.
Underwritten Registration” or “Underwritten Offering” shall mean a registration in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.
          2. Registration Under the 1933 Act.
          (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC (the “Staff”), the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement after the date of the original issuance of the Securities (the “Issue Date”), covering the offer by the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities

4


 

and to have such Exchange Offer Registration Statement remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act after the Issue Date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer after such effective date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related exchange offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to each Holder, through the common depositary for the Securities or otherwise, stating in such Prospectus or accompanying documents in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law:
(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;
(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 business days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”);
(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest (but not Additional Interest), but will not retain any rights under this Registration Rights Agreement;
(iv) that Holders electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the enclosed letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and
(v) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Securities exchanged.
          As soon as reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company shall:
(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and
(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate an Exchange Security equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder.

5


 

The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC. Upon the Placement Agent’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall inform the Placement Agents of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Placement Agents shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.
If the Company and the Guarantors effect the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors (i) will be entitled to close the Exchange Offer 20 business days after such commencement (provided that the Company and the Guarantors have accepted all the Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer) and (ii) will be required to consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 40 business days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective.
Each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act, of the Company or the Guarantors or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
          (b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be consummated as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate applicable law or the applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated for any other reason, (iii) any Placement Agent shall notify the Company and the Guarantors following the consummation of the Exchange Offer that the Securities held by it are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Participating Broker-Dealer) is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder (other than an Participating Broker-Dealer) that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired

6


 

by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors shall: (1) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or notice is given to the Company and the Guarantors, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Securities, (2) in the case of Section 2(b)(i), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act, (3) in the case of Sections 2(b)(ii), (iii) or (iv), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act after the date on with the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed, and (4) keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective until the earliest of (A) the time when the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144, (B) two years from the Issue Date and (C) the date on which all Registrable Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) and the Exchange Offer is consummated on a date that is later than 400 days after the Closing Date, upon the completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors will no longer be required to make effective or continue to effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, except as may be required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i), (iii) or (iv).
The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably and timely requested by a Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable, provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend the Shelf Registration Statement to add additional Holders more than once per quarter. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC, provided, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to provide such Holder with copies of Forms 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K and other reports filed with the SEC.
          (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b). Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.
          (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have

7


 

become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that, if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.
          The Company and the Guarantors will pay additional cash interest (“Additional Interest”) on the Securities,
   (1) if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement, a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date that is nine months after the Issue Date, or
   (2) if the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the date that is nine months after the Issue Date (each such event referred to in the preceding clauses (1) and (2), a “Registration Default”);
from, and including, the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured.
     The rate of the Additional Interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, and such rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum Additional Interest rate of 1.00% per annum. The Company and the Guarantors will pay such Additional Interest on regular interest payment dates. Such Additional Interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the Securities. Once the Exchange Offer is consummated or a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, the Company and the Guarantors shall no longer be required to pay such Additional Interest.
          (e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Placement Agents and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Placement Agents or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Placement Agents or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

8


 

          3. Registration Procedures.
          In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors and (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;
(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;
(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Placement Agents, to counsel for the Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus as reasonably requested, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request other than exhibits to documents incorporated by reference or exhibits thereto or documents available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”), in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;
(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing a reasonable time prior to the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared

9


 

effective by the SEC, to cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that each of the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service of process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;
(e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities who has provided contact information to the Company, counsel for the Holders and counsel for the Placement Agents promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company and the Guarantors that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate;
(f) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement and provide prompt notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;
(g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

10


 

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one business day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;
(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company and the Guarantors agree to notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;
(j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus (other than filings to be made pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Placement Agents or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) shall reasonably object, except for any amendment or supplement or document (a copy of which has previously been furnished to the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders)) which counsel to the Company shall advise the Company in writing is required in order to comply with applicable law;

11


 

(k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement;
(l) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and execute, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;
(m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by such Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all financial and other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that (1) the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the selling Holders, underwriters and representatives thereof by one counsel for the Holders and one counsel for the underwriters, who shall be such counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities or by the underwriters, as the case may be, and (2) if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information, including, with respect to Holders, entering into customary confidentiality agreements;
(n) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, to be rated by two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (as such term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act); and
(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other reasonable actions in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, if requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement not more than one Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such

12


 

representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantors, or of any business acquired by the Company or the Guarantors for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.
          In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. In addition, each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required under Item 507 of Regulation S-K. So long as any Holder fails to furnish such information in a reasonably timely manner after receiving the request, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) have no obligation under this Agreement to provide for the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement in respect to which such information was requested, (ii) not be required to provide for the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in any post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or any future Shelf Registration Statement that is not otherwise required to be filed and (iii) not be required to pay any Additional Interest as provided in Section 2(d) hereof. Each Holder including Registrable Securities in a Shelf Registration Statement shall agree to furnish promptly to the Company all information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder of such Registrable Securities required under Regulation S-K.
          In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind

13


 

described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors (at their expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365 day period and any such suspensions may not exceed 45 days for each suspension and there may not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365 day period.
          Nothwithstanding the foregoing (and anything else to the contrary in this Agreement), the Company and the Guarantors may allow a Shelf Registration Statement to cease to be effective if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that it is in the Company’s best interests not to disclose the existence of facts surrounding any proposed or pending material corporate transaction involving the Company or a Guarantor, and the Company notifies the Holders of Registrable Securities promptly after such Board of Directors makes such determination; provided, however, that such period shall not be greater than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in the aggregate, and provided further that the period referred to in this paragraph during which the Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective shall be extended by the number of days during which such Shelf Registration Statement was not effective pursuant to the foregoing provision.
          In the Underwritten Offering referred to in Section 3(p) above, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (the “Underwriters”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.
          (a) The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the 1933 Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

14


 

          The Company understands that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933 Act.
          (b) In light of the above, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree that the provisions of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall also apply to an Exchange Offer Registration to the extent, and with such reasonable modifications thereto as may be, reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in clause (ii) below, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above; provided that:
(i) the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), (A) after the Participating Broker-Dealers shall have disposed of the Registrable Securities or (B) for a period exceeding 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement) and Participating Broker-Dealers shall not be authorized by the Company to deliver and shall not deliver such Prospectus after such date or such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and
(ii) the application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity with the reasonable request to the Company and the Guarantors by the Placement Agents or with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more broker-dealers who certify to the Placement Agents and the Company and the Guarantors in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker-Dealers; and provided further that, in connection with such application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 to an Exchange Offer Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall be obligated (x) to deal only with one entity representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated unless it elects not to act as such representative, (y) to pay the fees and expenses of only one counsel representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be counsel to the Placement Agents unless such counsel elects not to so act and (z) to cause to be delivered only one, if

15


 

any, “cold comfort” letter with respect to the Prospectus in the form existing on the last Exchange Date and with respect to each subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during the period specified in clause (i) above.
          (c) The Placement Agents shall have no liability to the Company, the Guarantors or any Holder with respect to any request that it may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.
          5. Indemnification and Contribution.
          (a) The Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Placement Agents, each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Placement Agent or any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, any Placement Agent or any Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Placement Agents, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated Person in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Placement Agents or any Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors in writing through Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or any selling Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement.
          (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Placement Agents and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors, officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Placement Agent and any other selling Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the

16


 

same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to the Placement Agents and the Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors in writing by such Holder directly or through Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expressly for use in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
          (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. The Company and the Guarantors may take the primary responsibility for supervising any such defense (with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party), provided, however, that the indemnified party shall be promptly informed of all material developments with respect to such proceeding by the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to ask reasonable questions of such counsel and the indemnifying party and, with respect to any matters that relate directly to such indemnified party in such proceedings, shall be consulted by the indemnifying party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Placement Agents and all Persons, if any, who control any Placement Agent within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors, their respective officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of either such Section and (c) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Holders and all Persons, if any, who control any Holders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In such case involving the Placement Agents and Persons who control the Placement Agents, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In such case involving the Holders and such Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders. In all other cases, such firm shall be designated by the Company and the Guarantors. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its

17


 

written consent but, if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
          (d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement.
          (e) The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to indemnify or contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable

18


 

Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
          The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Placement Agents, any Holder or any Person controlling any Placement Agent or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors, their respective officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.
          6. Miscellaneous.
          (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.
          (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.
          (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company or the Guarantors by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Placement Agents, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Placement Agreement and thereafter at such

19


 

other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
          Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.
          (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Placement Agreement. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Placement Agents (in their capacity as Placement Agents) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.
          (e) Purchases and Sales of Securities. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to, purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Securities; provided, however, the preceding sentence shall not apply to purchases by affiliates of the Company in the initial distribution of the Securities.
          (f) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Placement Agents, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.
          (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

20


 

          (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
          (i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
          (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

21


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
                 
    Hanesbrands Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Richard D. Moss    
             
 
      Name:   Richard D. Moss    
 
      Title:   Treasurer    
 
               
    BA International, L.L.C.
Caribesock, Inc.
Caribetex, Inc.
CASA International, LLC
Ceibena Del, Inc.
Hanes Menswear, LLC
Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc.
Hanesbrands Direct, LLC
Hanesbrands Distribution, Inc.
HBI Branded Apparel Limited, Inc.
HBI Branded Apparel Enterprises, LLC
HbI International, LLC
HBI Sourcing, LLC
Inner Self LLC
Jasper-Costa Rica, L.L.C.
National Textiles, L.L.C.
NT Investment Company, Inc.
Playtex Dorado, LLC
Playtex Industries, Inc.
Seamless Textiles, LLC
UPCR, Inc.
UPEL, Inc.
   
 
               
    By:   /s/ Richard D. Moss    
             
 
      Name:   Richard D. Moss    
 
      Title: Treasurer    
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and:
ABN AMRO Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
             
By:   /s/ Jaap L. Tonckens    
         
 
  Name:   Jaap L. Tonckens    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
 
           
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith    
 
      Incorporated    
 
           
By:   /s/ Tami Kidd    
         
 
  Name:   Tami Kidd    
 
  Title:   Vice President    
Registration Rights Agreement

 

Minimum 15 minutes delayed. Source: LSEG